diff --git a/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-api.json b/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-api.json index 417f424876c..ee9bf0e5caa 100644 --- a/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-api.json +++ b/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-api.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230706", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-gen.go b/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-gen.go index af882afddb8..f4cee10bc03 100644 --- a/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-gen.go +++ b/appengine/v1alpha/appengine-gen.go @@ -978,8 +978,8 @@ type Operation struct { // operations/{unique_id}. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the // response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard // Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other // methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is diff --git a/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-api.json b/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-api.json index 4a78b01530c..dbc1889c91f 100644 --- a/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-api.json +++ b/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-api.json @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230713", + "revision": "20230731", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "serveNodes": { - "description": "The number of nodes allocated to this cluster. More nodes enable higher throughput and more consistent performance.", + "description": "The number of nodes in the cluster. If no value is set, Cloud Bigtable automatically allocates nodes based on your data footprint and optimized for 50% storage utilization.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-gen.go b/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-gen.go index 3f5c0fbe823..bdfb07eacd8 100644 --- a/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-gen.go +++ b/bigtableadmin/v2/bigtableadmin-gen.go @@ -869,8 +869,9 @@ type Cluster struct { // `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/a-z*`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // ServeNodes: The number of nodes allocated to this cluster. More nodes - // enable higher throughput and more consistent performance. + // ServeNodes: The number of nodes in the cluster. If no value is set, + // Cloud Bigtable automatically allocates nodes based on your data + // footprint and optimized for 50% storage utilization. ServeNodes int64 `json:"serveNodes,omitempty"` // State: Output only. The current state of the cluster. diff --git a/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-api.json b/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-api.json index 3fae39d9d1f..7f5c8608593 100644 --- a/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-api.json +++ b/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-api.json @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "groupId": { - "description": "Required. The group for which events shall be returned.", + "description": "Required. The group for which events shall be returned. The `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "groupId": { - "description": "Optional. List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.", + "description": "Optional. List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs. The `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice] (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", "location": "query", "repeated": true, "type": "string" @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "groupName": { - "description": "Required. The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_name}`. Call groupStats.list to return a list of groups belonging to this project. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group`", + "description": "Required. The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Call groupStats.list to return a list of groups belonging to this project. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/groups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "The group resource name. Example: projects/my-project-123/groups/CNSgkpnppqKCUw", + "description": "The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/groups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230223", + "revision": "20230804", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The group resource name. Example: projects/my-project-123/groups/CNSgkpnppqKCUw", + "description": "The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", "type": "string" }, "resolutionStatus": { diff --git a/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-gen.go b/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-gen.go index a476a87da1c..46234c76905 100644 --- a/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-gen.go +++ b/clouderrorreporting/v1beta1/clouderrorreporting-gen.go @@ -288,8 +288,14 @@ type ErrorGroup struct { // same group ID. GroupId string `json:"groupId,omitempty"` - // Name: The group resource name. Example: - // projects/my-project-123/groups/CNSgkpnppqKCUw + // Name: The group resource name. Written as + // `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Example: + // `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, + // the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. + // The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and + // is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is + // handled, see Google Cloud Privacy Notice + // (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice). Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ResolutionStatus: Error group's resolution status. An unspecified @@ -977,7 +983,12 @@ func (r *ProjectsEventsService) List(projectName string) *ProjectsEventsListCall } // GroupId sets the optional parameter "groupId": Required. The group -// for which events shall be returned. +// for which events shall be returned. The `group_id` is a unique +// identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived +// from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service +// Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see Google +// Cloud Privacy Notice +// (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice). func (c *ProjectsEventsListCall) GroupId(groupId string) *ProjectsEventsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("groupId", groupId) return c @@ -1165,7 +1176,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsEventsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListEventsRe // ], // "parameters": { // "groupId": { - // "description": "Required. The group for which events shall be returned.", + // "description": "Required. The group for which events shall be returned. The `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", // "location": "query", // "type": "string" // }, @@ -1470,7 +1481,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupStatsListCall) AlignmentTime(alignmentTime string) *Projec } // GroupId sets the optional parameter "groupId": List all -// ErrorGroupStats with these IDs. +// ErrorGroupStats with these IDs. The `group_id` is a unique identifier +// for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key +// parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For +// information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud +// Privacy Notice] +// (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice). func (c *ProjectsGroupStatsListCall) GroupId(groupId ...string) *ProjectsGroupStatsListCall { c.urlParams_.SetMulti("groupId", append([]string{}, groupId...)) return c @@ -1715,7 +1731,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupStatsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListGrou // "type": "string" // }, // "groupId": { - // "description": "Optional. List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.", + // "description": "Optional. List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs. The `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice] (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", // "location": "query", // "repeated": true, // "type": "string" @@ -1836,7 +1852,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupStatsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListGrou type ProjectsGroupsGetCall struct { s *Service - groupName string + groupNameid string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ifNoneMatch_ string ctx_ context.Context @@ -1846,12 +1862,17 @@ type ProjectsGroupsGetCall struct { // Get: Get the specified group. // // - groupName: The group resource name. Written as -// `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_name}`. Call groupStats.list to +// `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Call groupStats.list to // return a list of groups belonging to this project. Example: -// `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group`. -func (r *ProjectsGroupsService) Get(groupName string) *ProjectsGroupsGetCall { +// `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource +// name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error +// group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log +// content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how +// Service Data is handled, see Google Cloud Privacy Notice +// (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice). +func (r *ProjectsGroupsService) Get(groupNameid string) *ProjectsGroupsGetCall { c := &ProjectsGroupsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.groupName = groupName + c.groupNameid = groupNameid return c } @@ -1911,7 +1932,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "groupName": c.groupName, + "groupName": c.groupNameid, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } @@ -1963,7 +1984,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ErrorGroup, e // ], // "parameters": { // "groupName": { - // "description": "Required. The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_name}`. Call groupStats.list to return a list of groups belonging to this project. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group`", + // "description": "Required. The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Call groupStats.list to return a list of groups belonging to this project. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/groups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -1985,7 +2006,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ErrorGroup, e type ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall struct { s *Service - name string + nameid string errorgroup *ErrorGroup urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ctx_ context.Context @@ -1995,11 +2016,17 @@ type ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall struct { // Update: Replace the data for the specified group. Fails if the group // does not exist. // -// - name: The group resource name. Example: -// projects/my-project-123/groups/CNSgkpnppqKCUw. -func (r *ProjectsGroupsService) Update(name string, errorgroup *ErrorGroup) *ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall { +// - name: The group resource name. Written as +// `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Example: +// `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource +// name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error +// group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log +// content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how +// Service Data is handled, see Google Cloud Privacy Notice +// (https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice). +func (r *ProjectsGroupsService) Update(nameid string, errorgroup *ErrorGroup) *ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall { c := &ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.name = name + c.nameid = nameid c.errorgroup = errorgroup return c } @@ -2052,7 +2079,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "name": c.name, + "name": c.nameid, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } @@ -2104,7 +2131,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsGroupsUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ErrorGroup // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "The group resource name. Example: projects/my-project-123/groups/CNSgkpnppqKCUw", + // "description": "The group resource name. Written as `projects/{projectID}/groups/{group_id}`. Example: `projects/my-project-123/groups/my-group` In the group resource name, the `group_id` is a unique identifier for a particular error group. The identifier is derived from key parts of the error-log content and is treated as Service Data. For information about how Service Data is handled, see [Google Cloud Privacy Notice](https://cloud.google.com/terms/cloud-privacy-notice).", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/groups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, diff --git a/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-api.json b/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-api.json index d1c5bfefefe..9810e080b14 100644 --- a/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-api.json +++ b/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-api.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230711", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": { @@ -3380,7 +3380,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-gen.go b/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-gen.go index 6f43807fd56..0e410c0bc05 100644 --- a/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-gen.go +++ b/cloudkms/v1/cloudkms-gen.go @@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ func (s *MacVerifyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM // policies, see the IAM documentation // (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). -// **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": +// **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": // "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ // "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", // "domain:google.com", @@ -2864,17 +2864,17 @@ func (s *MacVerifyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", // "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": // "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], -// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - -// members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - -// domain:google.com - +// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` +// bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - +// group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - // serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: // roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - // user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer // condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access // after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < // timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 -// For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). +// ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM +// documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). type Policy struct { // AuditConfigs: Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this // policy. diff --git a/container/v1beta1/container-api.json b/container/v1beta1/container-api.json index 1a6ab47e6d2..2c2099a8c08 100644 --- a/container/v1beta1/container-api.json +++ b/container/v1beta1/container-api.json @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230724", + "revision": "20230802", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2964,14 +2964,25 @@ "enum": [ "EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "DISABLED", - "PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE" + "PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE", + "POLICY_BINDINGS", + "POLICY_BINDINGS_AND_PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value", "Disable BinaryAuthorization", - "Enforce Kubernetes admission requests with BinaryAuthorization using the project's singleton policy. This is equivalent to setting the enabled boolean to true." + "Enforce Kubernetes admission requests with BinaryAuthorization using the project's singleton policy. This is equivalent to setting the enabled boolean to true.", + "Use Binary Authorization with the policies specified in policy_bindings.", + "Use Binary Authorization with the policies specified in policy_bindings, and also with the project's singleton policy in enforcement mode." ], "type": "string" + }, + "policyBindings": { + "description": "Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this cluster.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PolicyBinding" + }, + "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6191,6 +6202,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PolicyBinding": { + "description": "Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster.", + "id": "PolicyBinding", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "PrivateClusterConfig": { "description": "Configuration options for private clusters.", "id": "PrivateClusterConfig", diff --git a/container/v1beta1/container-gen.go b/container/v1beta1/container-gen.go index 18543ba4dca..bed5691fad1 100644 --- a/container/v1beta1/container-gen.go +++ b/container/v1beta1/container-gen.go @@ -969,8 +969,17 @@ type BinaryAuthorization struct { // "PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE" - Enforce Kubernetes admission // requests with BinaryAuthorization using the project's singleton // policy. This is equivalent to setting the enabled boolean to true. + // "POLICY_BINDINGS" - Use Binary Authorization with the policies + // specified in policy_bindings. + // "POLICY_BINDINGS_AND_PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE" - Use Binary + // Authorization with the policies specified in policy_bindings, and + // also with the project's singleton policy in enforcement mode. EvaluationMode string `json:"evaluationMode,omitempty"` + // PolicyBindings: Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this + // cluster. + PolicyBindings []*PolicyBinding `json:"policyBindings,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Enabled") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with // empty or default values are omitted from API requests. However, any @@ -6216,6 +6225,36 @@ func (s *PodSecurityPolicyConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// PolicyBinding: Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster. +type PolicyBinding struct { + // Name: The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to + // audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: + // `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`. + Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` + + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with + // empty or default values are omitted from API requests. However, any + // non-pointer, non-interface field appearing in ForceSendFields will be + // sent to the server regardless of whether the field is empty or not. + // This may be used to include empty fields in Patch requests. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty + // values are omitted from API requests. However, any field with an + // empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the server as + // null. It is an error if a field in this list has a non-empty value. + // This may be used to include null fields in Patch requests. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s *PolicyBinding) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod PolicyBinding + raw := NoMethod(*s) + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // PrivateClusterConfig: Configuration options for private clusters. type PrivateClusterConfig struct { // EnablePrivateEndpoint: Whether the master's internal IP address is diff --git a/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-api.json b/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-api.json index b379de73218..4679ef44248 100644 --- a/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-api.json +++ b/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-api.json @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230716", + "revision": "20230804", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4409,14 +4409,14 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-gen.go b/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-gen.go index 2f1a40d7477..f3a53e91346 100644 --- a/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-gen.go +++ b/datacatalog/v1/datacatalog-gen.go @@ -4332,8 +4332,8 @@ type Operation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type @@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@ func (s *Operation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM // policies, see the IAM documentation // (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). -// **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": +// **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": // "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ // "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", // "domain:google.com", @@ -4392,17 +4392,17 @@ func (s *Operation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", // "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": // "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], -// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - -// members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - -// domain:google.com - +// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` +// bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - +// group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - // serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: // roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - // user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer // condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access // after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < // timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 -// For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). +// ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM +// documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). type Policy struct { // Bindings: Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a // `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and diff --git a/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-api.json b/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-api.json index c8beb689d4b..dca86db9705 100644 --- a/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-api.json +++ b/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-api.json @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230619", + "revision": "20230804", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4269,7 +4269,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-gen.go b/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-gen.go index cb8e8cba366..02a86c3fb48 100644 --- a/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-gen.go +++ b/datacatalog/v1beta1/datacatalog-gen.go @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1ViewSpec) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM // policies, see the IAM documentation // (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). -// **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": +// **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": // "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ // "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", // "domain:google.com", @@ -4714,17 +4714,17 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1ViewSpec) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", // "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": // "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], -// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - -// members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - -// domain:google.com - +// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` +// bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - +// group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - // serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: // roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - // user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer // condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access // after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < // timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 -// For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). +// ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM +// documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). type Policy struct { // Bindings: Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a // `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and diff --git a/dataproc/v1/dataproc-api.json b/dataproc/v1/dataproc-api.json index 827330e8e0f..aa1f3ff5313 100644 --- a/dataproc/v1/dataproc-api.json +++ b/dataproc/v1/dataproc-api.json @@ -1212,6 +1212,12 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, + "gracefulTerminationTimeout": { + "description": "Optional. The graceful termination timeout for the deletion of the cluster. Indicate the time the request will wait to complete the running jobs on the cluster before its forceful deletion. Default value is 0 indicating that the user has not enabled the graceful termination. Value can be between 60 second and 6 Hours, in case the graceful termination is enabled. (There is no separate flag to check the enabling or disabling of graceful termination, it can be checked by the values in the field).", + "format": "google-duration", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, "projectId": { "description": "Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster belongs to.", "location": "path", @@ -2671,7 +2677,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230804", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -4115,6 +4121,11 @@ "description": "Optional. Specifies the minimum cpu platform for the Instance Group. See Dataproc -\u003e Minimum CPU Platform (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/compute/dataproc-min-cpu).", "type": "string" }, + "minNumInstances": { + "description": "Optional. The minimum number of instances to create. If min_num_instances is set, min_num_instances is used for a criteria to decide the cluster. Cluster creation will be failed by being an error state if the total number of instances created is less than the min_num_instances. For example, given that num_instances = 5 and min_num_instances = 3, * if 4 instances are created and then registered successfully but one instance is failed, the failed VM will be deleted and the cluster will be resized to 4 instances in running state. * if 2 instances are created successfully and 3 instances are failed, the cluster will be in an error state and does not delete failed VMs for debugging. * if 2 instance are created and then registered successfully but 3 instances are failed to initialize, the cluster will be in an error state and does not delete failed VMs for debugging. NB: This can only be set for primary workers now.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, "numInstances": { "description": "Optional. The number of VM instances in the instance group. For HA cluster master_config groups, must be set to 3. For standard cluster master_config groups, must be set to 1.", "format": "int32", @@ -5046,7 +5057,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/dataproc/v1/dataproc-gen.go b/dataproc/v1/dataproc-gen.go index c4973e6c63f..17d2932ab7f 100644 --- a/dataproc/v1/dataproc-gen.go +++ b/dataproc/v1/dataproc-gen.go @@ -2681,6 +2681,23 @@ type InstanceGroupConfig struct { // (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/compute/dataproc-min-cpu). MinCpuPlatform string `json:"minCpuPlatform,omitempty"` + // MinNumInstances: Optional. The minimum number of instances to create. + // If min_num_instances is set, min_num_instances is used for a criteria + // to decide the cluster. Cluster creation will be failed by being an + // error state if the total number of instances created is less than the + // min_num_instances. For example, given that num_instances = 5 and + // min_num_instances = 3, * if 4 instances are created and then + // registered successfully but one instance is failed, the failed VM + // will be deleted and the cluster will be resized to 4 instances in + // running state. * if 2 instances are created successfully and 3 + // instances are failed, the cluster will be in an error state and does + // not delete failed VMs for debugging. * if 2 instance are created and + // then registered successfully but 3 instances are failed to + // initialize, the cluster will be in an error state and does not delete + // failed VMs for debugging. NB: This can only be set for primary + // workers now. + MinNumInstances int64 `json:"minNumInstances,omitempty"` + // NumInstances: Optional. The number of VM instances in the instance // group. For HA cluster master_config groups, must be set to 3. For // standard cluster master_config groups, must be set to 1. @@ -4155,8 +4172,8 @@ type Operation struct { // operations/{unique_id}. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the // response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard // Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other // methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is @@ -12216,6 +12233,20 @@ func (c *ProjectsRegionsClustersDeleteCall) ClusterUuid(clusterUuid string) *Pro return c } +// GracefulTerminationTimeout sets the optional parameter +// "gracefulTerminationTimeout": The graceful termination timeout for +// the deletion of the cluster. Indicate the time the request will wait +// to complete the running jobs on the cluster before its forceful +// deletion. Default value is 0 indicating that the user has not enabled +// the graceful termination. Value can be between 60 second and 6 Hours, +// in case the graceful termination is enabled. (There is no separate +// flag to check the enabling or disabling of graceful termination, it +// can be checked by the values in the field). +func (c *ProjectsRegionsClustersDeleteCall) GracefulTerminationTimeout(gracefulTerminationTimeout string) *ProjectsRegionsClustersDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("gracefulTerminationTimeout", gracefulTerminationTimeout) + return c +} + // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": A unique ID used // to identify the request. If the server receives two // DeleteClusterRequest @@ -12340,6 +12371,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsRegionsClustersDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*O // "location": "query", // "type": "string" // }, + // "gracefulTerminationTimeout": { + // "description": "Optional. The graceful termination timeout for the deletion of the cluster. Indicate the time the request will wait to complete the running jobs on the cluster before its forceful deletion. Default value is 0 indicating that the user has not enabled the graceful termination. Value can be between 60 second and 6 Hours, in case the graceful termination is enabled. (There is no separate flag to check the enabling or disabling of graceful termination, it can be checked by the values in the field).", + // "format": "google-duration", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, // "projectId": { // "description": "Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster belongs to.", // "location": "path", diff --git a/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-api.json b/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-api.json index 157f890927d..512b6f6778c 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-api.json +++ b/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-api.json @@ -8211,7 +8211,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230722", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -9136,7 +9136,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -11084,7 +11084,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -16091,7 +16091,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2QueryInput": { - "description": "Represents the query input. It can contain either: 1. An audio config which instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio. 2. A conversational query in the form of text,. 3. An event that specifies which intent to trigger.", + "description": "Represents the query input. It can contain either: 1. An audio config which instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio. 2. A conversational query in the form of text. 3. An event that specifies which intent to trigger.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2QueryInput", "properties": { "audioConfig": { @@ -19679,7 +19679,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-gen.go b/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-gen.go index bdcfd5e4f32..7d9e411b722 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-gen.go +++ b/dialogflow/v2/dialogflow-gen.go @@ -2660,7 +2660,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -6251,7 +6253,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -15149,7 +15153,7 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowV2Participant) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // GoogleCloudDialogflowV2QueryInput: Represents the query input. It can // contain either: 1. An audio config which instructs the speech // recognizer how to process the speech audio. 2. A conversational query -// in the form of text,. 3. An event that specifies which intent to +// in the form of text. 3. An event that specifies which intent to // trigger. type GoogleCloudDialogflowV2QueryInput struct { // AudioConfig: Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the @@ -21518,8 +21522,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type diff --git a/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-api.json b/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-api.json index f27db79e5d3..8bd5c66321c 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-api.json +++ b/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-api.json @@ -7579,7 +7579,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230722", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -8504,7 +8504,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -10452,7 +10452,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -19333,7 +19333,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-gen.go b/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-gen.go index b999f73c50d..58d39600bf0 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-gen.go +++ b/dialogflow/v2beta1/dialogflow-gen.go @@ -2588,7 +2588,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -6179,7 +6181,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -21868,8 +21872,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type diff --git a/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-api.json b/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-api.json index e0d383c310a..d6893ea45b6 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-api.json +++ b/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-api.json @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3298,6 +3298,188 @@ } } }, + "transitionRouteGroups": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "force": { + "description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.", + "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.", + "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + } + } + }, "webhooks": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -3820,7 +4002,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230717", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -3854,7 +4036,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent": { - "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows..", + "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent", "properties": { "advancedSettings": { @@ -5141,7 +5323,7 @@ "description": "NLU related settings of the flow." }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -5157,6 +5339,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy": { + "description": "The flow import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportFlowRequest.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy", + "properties": { + "globalImportStrategy": { + "description": "Optional. Import strategy for resource conflict resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be applied for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.", + "enum": [ + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.", + "Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.", + "Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.", + "Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.", + "Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.", + "Throw error if a conflict is encountered." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult": { "description": "The response message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult", @@ -5461,6 +5670,10 @@ "format": "byte", "type": "string" }, + "flowImportStrategy": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy", + "description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts." + }, "flowUri": { "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).", "type": "string" @@ -6309,7 +6522,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -7546,7 +7759,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup": { - "description": "An TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be used by a Page.", + "description": "A TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be used by a Page.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup", "properties": { "displayName": { @@ -7554,7 +7767,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .", "type": "string" }, "transitionRoutes": { @@ -9181,7 +9394,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -14872,7 +15085,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-gen.go b/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-gen.go index 513e54a1825..a858ecb9108 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-gen.go +++ b/dialogflow/v3/dialogflow-gen.go @@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsServi rs.Intents = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsIntentsService(s) rs.Sessions = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsSessionsService(s) rs.TestCases = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesService(s) + rs.TransitionRouteGroups = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService(s) rs.Webhooks = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService(s) return rs } @@ -211,6 +212,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsService struct { TestCases *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesService + TransitionRouteGroups *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService + Webhooks *ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService } @@ -397,6 +400,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesResultsService struct { s *Service } +func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService { + rs := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService{s: s} + return rs +} + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService struct { + s *Service +} + func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService { rs := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService{s: s} return rs @@ -520,8 +532,8 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings) MarshalJSON() // into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or // service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural // way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, -// Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation -// flows.. +// Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to +// manage the conversation flows. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent struct { // AdvancedSettings: Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The // settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at @@ -2810,7 +2822,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow struct { // utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's // transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page // have higher priority than those defined in the flow. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A flow's transition routes serve two purposes: * @@ -2853,6 +2867,55 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy: The flow import strategy +// used for resource conflict resolution associated with an +// ImportFlowRequest. +type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy struct { + // GlobalImportStrategy: Optional. Import strategy for resource conflict + // resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be applied + // for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If not + // specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. + // + // Possible values: + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED" - Unspecified. Treated as + // 'CREATE_NEW'. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW" - Create a new resource with a numeric + // suffix appended to the end of the existing display name. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE" - Replace existing resource with incoming + // resource in the content to be imported. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP" - Keep existing resource and discard + // incoming resource in the content to be imported. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE" - Combine existing and incoming resources + // when a conflict is encountered. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR" - Throw error if a conflict is + // encountered. + GlobalImportStrategy string `json:"globalImportStrategy,omitempty"` + + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. + // "GlobalImportStrategy") to unconditionally include in API requests. + // By default, fields with empty or default values are omitted from API + // requests. However, any non-pointer, non-interface field appearing in + // ForceSendFields will be sent to the server regardless of whether the + // field is empty or not. This may be used to include empty fields in + // Patch requests. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "GlobalImportStrategy") to + // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields + // with empty values are omitted from API requests. However, any field + // with an empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the + // server as null. It is an error if a field in this list has a + // non-empty value. This may be used to include null fields in Patch + // requests. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy + raw := NoMethod(*s) + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult: The response message // for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult struct { @@ -3466,6 +3529,10 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowRequest struct { // FlowContent: Uncompressed raw byte content for flow. FlowContent string `json:"flowContent,omitempty"` + // FlowImportStrategy: Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when + // resolving resource conflicts. + FlowImportStrategy *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy `json:"flowImportStrategy,omitempty"` + // FlowUri: The Google Cloud Storage // (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The // format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read @@ -5173,7 +5240,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -7468,9 +7537,8 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup: An -// TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be -// used by a Page. +// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup: A TransitionRouteGroup +// represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be used by a Page. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup struct { // DisplayName: Required. The human-readable name of the transition // route group, unique within the flow. The display name can be no @@ -7480,7 +7548,7 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup struct { // Name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. // TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name // automatically. Format: - // `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` . Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: Transition routes associated with the @@ -10443,7 +10511,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -20151,8 +20221,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type @@ -30083,7 +30153,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall struct { // (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). // // - parent: The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Create(parent string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -30213,7 +30284,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Do(opts .. // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30251,7 +30322,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall struct { // (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). // // - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -30370,7 +30442,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Do(opts .. // "type": "boolean" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30403,7 +30475,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall struct { // Get: Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup. // // - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -30541,7 +30614,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...go // "type": "string" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30575,7 +30648,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall struct { // specified flow. // // - parent: The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -30739,7 +30813,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Do(opts ...g // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30798,7 +30872,7 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall struct { // - name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. // TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name // automatically. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` . func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Patch(nameid string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.nameid = nameid @@ -30935,7 +31009,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Do(opts ... // "type": "string" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -36197,6 +36271,907 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesResultsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Cont } } +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Create: Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: +// You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the +// training documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - parent: The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Create(parent string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup = googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Header +// or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "httpMethod": "POST", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "parent": { + // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Delete: Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should +// always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the training +// documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// Force sets the optional parameter "force": This field has no effect +// for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition +// route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, +// an error will be returned with message indicating pages that +// reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, +// Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any +// reference to it. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("force", fmt.Sprint(force)) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleProtobufEmpty or error will be non-nil. Any +// non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleProtobufEmpty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was +// because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleProtobufEmpty, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleProtobufEmpty{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "DELETE", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "force": { + // "description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "boolean" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3/{+name}", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Get: Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup. +// +// - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are +// language dependent: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation +// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for +// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last +// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response +// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Header +// or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.", + // "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "GET", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3/{+name}", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// List: Returns the list of all transition route groups in the +// specified flow. +// +// - parent: The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// to list transition route groups for. The following fields are +// language dependent: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number +// of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The +// next_page_token value returned from a previous list request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation +// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for +// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last +// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response +// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list" call. +// Exactly one of +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse or error +// will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse.ServerResp +// onse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.", + // "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "httpMethod": "GET", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "pageSize": { + // "description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.", + // "format": "int32", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "integer" + // }, + // "pageToken": { + // "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "parent": { + // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) // reset paging to original point + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall struct { + s *Service + nameid string + googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Patch: Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should +// always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the training +// documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. +// TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name +// automatically. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` . +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Patch(nameid string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.nameid = nameid + c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup = googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The mask to +// control which fields get updated. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3transitionroutegroup) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.nameid, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Header +// or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "PATCH", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "updateMask": { + // "description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.", + // "format": "google-fieldmask", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3/{+name}", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + // method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.create": type ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksCreateCall struct { diff --git a/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-api.json b/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-api.json index b2d8bb31012..5927758ca5d 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-api.json +++ b/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-api.json @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3298,6 +3298,188 @@ } } }, + "transitionRouteGroups": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "force": { + "description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.", + "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.", + "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + ] + } + } + }, "webhooks": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -3820,7 +4002,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230717", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -4745,7 +4927,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -5802,7 +5984,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Agent": { - "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows..", + "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Agent", "properties": { "advancedSettings": { @@ -7089,7 +7271,7 @@ "description": "NLU related settings of the flow." }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -7105,6 +7287,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy": { + "description": "The flow import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportFlowRequest.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy", + "properties": { + "globalImportStrategy": { + "description": "Optional. Global flow import strategy for resource conflict resolution. The import Import strategy for resource conflict resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be applied for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.", + "enum": [ + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE", + "IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.", + "Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.", + "Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.", + "Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.", + "Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.", + "Throw error if a conflict is encountered." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult": { "description": "The response message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult", @@ -7409,6 +7618,10 @@ "format": "byte", "type": "string" }, + "flowImportStrategy": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy", + "description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts." + }, "flowUri": { "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).", "type": "string" @@ -8257,7 +8470,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transitionRouteGroups": { - "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` associated with the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -\u003e page's transition route group -\u003e flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -9478,7 +9691,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup": { - "description": "An TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be used by a Page.", + "description": "A TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be used by a Page.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup", "properties": { "displayName": { @@ -9486,7 +9699,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", "type": "string" }, "transitionRoutes": { @@ -14872,7 +15085,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-gen.go b/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-gen.go index 01533d0cb6e..5ba32114475 100644 --- a/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-gen.go +++ b/dialogflow/v3beta1/dialogflow-gen.go @@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsServi rs.Intents = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsIntentsService(s) rs.Sessions = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsSessionsService(s) rs.TestCases = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesService(s) + rs.TransitionRouteGroups = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService(s) rs.Webhooks = NewProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService(s) return rs } @@ -211,6 +212,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsService struct { TestCases *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesService + TransitionRouteGroups *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService + Webhooks *ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService } @@ -397,6 +400,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesResultsService struct { s *Service } +func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService { + rs := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService{s: s} + return rs +} + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService struct { + s *Service +} + func NewProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService { rs := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksService{s: s} return rs @@ -2228,7 +2240,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -4107,8 +4121,8 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings) MarshalJ // requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, // product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user // in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, -// Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the -// conversation flows.. +// Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups +// and so on to manage the conversation flows. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Agent struct { // AdvancedSettings: Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The // settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at @@ -6400,7 +6414,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Flow struct { // utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's // transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page // have higher priority than those defined in the flow. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A flow's transition routes serve two purposes: * @@ -6443,6 +6459,56 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Flow) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy: The flow import +// strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an +// ImportFlowRequest. +type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy struct { + // GlobalImportStrategy: Optional. Global flow import strategy for + // resource conflict resolution. The import Import strategy for resource + // conflict resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be + // applied for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If + // not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. + // + // Possible values: + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED" - Unspecified. Treated as + // 'CREATE_NEW'. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW" - Create a new resource with a numeric + // suffix appended to the end of the existing display name. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE" - Replace existing resource with incoming + // resource in the content to be imported. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP" - Keep existing resource and discard + // incoming resource in the content to be imported. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE" - Combine existing and incoming resources + // when a conflict is encountered. + // "IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR" - Throw error if a conflict is + // encountered. + GlobalImportStrategy string `json:"globalImportStrategy,omitempty"` + + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. + // "GlobalImportStrategy") to unconditionally include in API requests. + // By default, fields with empty or default values are omitted from API + // requests. However, any non-pointer, non-interface field appearing in + // ForceSendFields will be sent to the server regardless of whether the + // field is empty or not. This may be used to include empty fields in + // Patch requests. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "GlobalImportStrategy") to + // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields + // with empty values are omitted from API requests. However, any field + // with an empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the + // server as null. It is an error if a field in this list has a + // non-empty value. This may be used to include null fields in Patch + // requests. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy + raw := NoMethod(*s) + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult: The response // message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowValidationResult struct { @@ -7058,6 +7124,10 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportFlowRequest struct { // FlowContent: Uncompressed raw byte content for flow. FlowContent string `json:"flowContent,omitempty"` + // FlowImportStrategy: Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when + // resolving resource conflicts. + FlowImportStrategy *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowImportStrategy `json:"flowImportStrategy,omitempty"` + // FlowUri: The Google Cloud Storage // (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The // format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read @@ -8768,7 +8838,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Page struct { // transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a // page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered // list takes precedence. - // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` + // or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for + // agent-level groups. TransitionRouteGroups []string `json:"transitionRouteGroups,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: A list of transitions for the transition rules of @@ -11056,7 +11128,7 @@ func (s *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRoute) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, e return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup: An +// GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup: A // TransitionRouteGroup represents a group of `TransitionRoutes` to be // used by a Page. type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup struct { @@ -11068,7 +11140,9 @@ type GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup struct { // Name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. // TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name // automatically. Format: - // `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. + // `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or + // `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level + // groups. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // TransitionRoutes: Transition routes associated with the @@ -20158,8 +20232,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type @@ -30108,7 +30182,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall struct { // (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). // // - parent: The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Create(parent string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -30238,7 +30313,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Do(opts .. // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30276,7 +30351,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall struct { // (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). // // - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -30395,7 +30471,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Do(opts .. // "type": "boolean" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30428,7 +30504,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall struct { // Get: Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup. // // - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -30566,7 +30643,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...go // "type": "string" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30600,7 +30677,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall struct { // specified flow. // // - parent: The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -30764,7 +30842,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Do(opts ...g // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.", + // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -30823,7 +30901,9 @@ type ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall struct { // - name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. // TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name // automatically. Format: -// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for +// agent-level groups. func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Patch(nameid string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.nameid = nameid @@ -30960,7 +31040,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsFlowsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Do(opts ... // "type": "string" // }, // "name": { - // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/flows/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -36236,6 +36316,909 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTestCasesResultsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Cont } } +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Create: Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: +// You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the +// training documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - parent: The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Create(parent string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup = googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Hea +// der or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "httpMethod": "POST", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "parent": { + // "description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Delete: Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should +// always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the training +// documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// Force sets the optional parameter "force": This field has no effect +// for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition +// route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, +// an error will be returned with message indicating pages that +// reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, +// Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any +// reference to it. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("force", fmt.Sprint(force)) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3beta1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleProtobufEmpty or error will be non-nil. Any +// non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleProtobufEmpty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was +// because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleProtobufEmpty, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleProtobufEmpty{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "DELETE", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "force": { + // "description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "boolean" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Get: Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup. +// +// - name: The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are +// language dependent: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation +// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for +// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last +// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response +// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3beta1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Hea +// der or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.", + // "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "GET", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// List: Returns the list of all transition route groups in the +// specified flow. +// +// - parent: The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or +// `projects//locations//agents/. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// to list transition route groups for. The following fields are +// language dependent: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number +// of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The +// next_page_token value returned from a previous list request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation +// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for +// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last +// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response +// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list" call. +// Exactly one of +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse.Serve +// rResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.", + // "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "httpMethod": "GET", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "pageSize": { + // "description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.", + // "format": "int32", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "integer" + // }, + // "pageToken": { + // "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "parent": { + // "description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3beta1/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) // reset paging to original point + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } +} + +// method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch": + +type ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall struct { + s *Service + nameid string + googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Patch: Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should +// always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the training +// documentation +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training). +// +// - name: The unique identifier of the transition route group. +// TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name +// automatically. Format: +// `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or +// `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for +// agent-level groups. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsService) Patch(nameid string, googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.nameid = nameid + c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup = googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup + return c +} + +// LanguageCode sets the optional parameter "languageCode": The language +// of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` +// * +// `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditiona +// l_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Many +// languages +// (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are +// supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they +// can be used. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) LanguageCode(languageCode string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("languageCode", languageCode) + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The mask to +// control which fields get updated. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googleclouddialogflowcxv3beta1transitionroutegroup) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v3beta1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.nameid, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch" call. +// Exactly one of *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup or +// error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response +// headers are in either +// *GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup.ServerResponse.Hea +// der or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsAgentsTransitionRouteGroupsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).", + // "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}", + // "httpMethod": "PATCH", + // "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "name" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "languageCode": { + // "description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "name": { + // "description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "updateMask": { + // "description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.", + // "format": "google-fieldmask", + // "location": "query", + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v3beta1/{+name}", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TransitionRouteGroup" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" + // ] + // } + +} + // method id "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.create": type ProjectsLocationsAgentsWebhooksCreateCall struct { diff --git a/dlp/v2/dlp-api.json b/dlp/v2/dlp-api.json index c4c52c86a02..fb8f9c725ba 100644 --- a/dlp/v2/dlp-api.json +++ b/dlp/v2/dlp-api.json @@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230702", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryOptions", "properties": { "excludedFields": { - "description": "References to fields excluded from scanning. This allows you to skip inspection of entire columns which you know have no findings.", + "description": "References to fields excluded from scanning. This allows you to skip inspection of entire columns which you know have no findings. When inspecting a table, we recommend that you inspect all columns. Otherwise, findings might be impacted because hints from excluded columns will not be used.", "items": { "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2FieldId" }, @@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "includedFields": { - "description": "Limit scanning only to these fields.", + "description": "Limit scanning only to these fields. When inspecting a table, we recommend that you inspect all columns. Otherwise, findings might be impacted because hints from excluded columns will not be used.", "items": { "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2FieldId" }, diff --git a/dlp/v2/dlp-gen.go b/dlp/v2/dlp-gen.go index 1eccc5adc27..28ccbcd7233 100644 --- a/dlp/v2/dlp-gen.go +++ b/dlp/v2/dlp-gen.go @@ -749,7 +749,9 @@ func (s *GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryKey) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryOptions struct { // ExcludedFields: References to fields excluded from scanning. This // allows you to skip inspection of entire columns which you know have - // no findings. + // no findings. When inspecting a table, we recommend that you inspect + // all columns. Otherwise, findings might be impacted because hints from + // excluded columns will not be used. ExcludedFields []*GooglePrivacyDlpV2FieldId `json:"excludedFields,omitempty"` // IdentifyingFields: Table fields that may uniquely identify a row @@ -760,7 +762,10 @@ type GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryOptions struct { // Nested fields such as `person.birthdate.year` are allowed. IdentifyingFields []*GooglePrivacyDlpV2FieldId `json:"identifyingFields,omitempty"` - // IncludedFields: Limit scanning only to these fields. + // IncludedFields: Limit scanning only to these fields. When inspecting + // a table, we recommend that you inspect all columns. Otherwise, + // findings might be impacted because hints from excluded columns will + // not be used. IncludedFields []*GooglePrivacyDlpV2FieldId `json:"includedFields,omitempty"` // RowsLimit: Max number of rows to scan. If the table has more rows diff --git a/healthcare/v1/healthcare-api.json b/healthcare/v1/healthcare-api.json index af5961b6a3b..54c6abb9024 100644 --- a/healthcare/v1/healthcare-api.json +++ b/healthcare/v1/healthcare-api.json @@ -3090,6 +3090,111 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "conditionalDelete": { + "description": "Deletes a FHIR resource that match an identifier search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. If multiple resources match, 412 Precondition Failed error will be returned. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resource is moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalDelete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent", + "type" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "conditionalPatch": { + "description": "If a resource is found with the identifier specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalPatch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent", + "type" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + "request": { + "$ref": "HttpBody" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "HttpBody" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "conditionalUpdate": { + "description": "If a resource is found with the identifier specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + "httpMethod": "PUT", + "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalUpdate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent", + "type" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + "request": { + "$ref": "HttpBody" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "HttpBody" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "create": { "description": "Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", @@ -3279,7 +3384,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -3307,7 +3412,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -4078,7 +4183,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230720", + "revision": "20230728", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { diff --git a/healthcare/v1/healthcare-gen.go b/healthcare/v1/healthcare-gen.go index 09ed5ce70e4..8a209cb4519 100644 --- a/healthcare/v1/healthcare-gen.go +++ b/healthcare/v1/healthcare-gen.go @@ -21105,6 +21105,464 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirCapabilitiesCall) Do(opts ...goo } +// method id "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalDelete": + +type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + type_ string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// ConditionalDelete: Deletes a FHIR resource that match an identifier +// search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete +// interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. If multiple +// resources match, 412 Precondition Failed error will be returned. +// Search term for identifier should be in the pattern +// identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search +// method on resources with a specific identifier. Note: Unless resource +// versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning +// flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resource is moved to a history +// repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related +// methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples +// that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see Conditionally deleting +// a FHIR resource +// (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource). +// +// - parent: The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. +// - type: The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or +// Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index +// (DSTU2 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), +// STU3 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), +// R4 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). +func (r *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirService) ConditionalDelete(parent string, type_ string) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.type_ = type_ + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + "type": c.type_, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalDelete" call. +// Exactly one of *Empty or error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx status +// code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *Empty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) +// in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified +// was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Empty, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &Empty{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil + // { + // "description": "Deletes a FHIR resource that match an identifier search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. If multiple resources match, 412 Precondition Failed error will be returned. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resource is moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).", + // "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + // "httpMethod": "DELETE", + // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalDelete", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent", + // "type" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "parent": { + // "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "type": { + // "description": "The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + // "response": { + // "$ref": "Empty" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalPatch": + +type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + type_ string + body_ io.Reader + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// ConditionalPatch: If a resource is found with the identifier +// specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by +// applying the operations specified in a JSON Patch +// (http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard +// conditional patch interaction, limited to searching by resource +// identifier. DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the +// server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search term for +// identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or +// identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a +// specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one +// match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The +// request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request +// headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On +// success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of +// the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. +// Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded +// `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If +// the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a +// generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show +// how to call `conditionalPatch`, see Conditionally patching a FHIR +// resource +// (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource). +// +// - parent: The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. +// - type: The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or +// Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index +// (DSTU2 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), +// STU3 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), +// R4 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). +func (r *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirService) ConditionalPatch(parent string, type_ string, body_ io.Reader) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.type_ = type_ + c.body_ = body_ + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body = c.body_ + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + "type": c.type_, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalPatch" call. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*http.Response, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + return c.doRequest("") + // { + // "description": "If a resource is found with the identifier specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).", + // "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + // "httpMethod": "PATCH", + // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalPatch", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent", + // "type" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "parent": { + // "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "type": { + // "description": "The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "HttpBody" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "HttpBody" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + // ] + // } + +} + +// method id "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalUpdate": + +type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + type_ string + body_ io.Reader + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// ConditionalUpdate: If a resource is found with the identifier +// specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of +// that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update +// interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. Search term +// for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or +// identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a +// specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one +// match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the +// search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body +// contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, +// creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly +// advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient +// identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of +// the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub +// notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields +// within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, +// and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource +// is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The +// request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the +// request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. +// On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation +// of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. +// Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded +// `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If +// the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a +// generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show +// how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see Conditionally updating a FHIR +// resource +// (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource). +// +// - parent: The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. +// - type: The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or +// Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index +// (DSTU2 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), +// STU3 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), +// R4 +// (https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). +// Must match the resource type in the provided content. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirService) ConditionalUpdate(parent string, type_ string, body_ io.Reader) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.type_ = type_ + c.body_ = body_ + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// for more information. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any +// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is +// canceled. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to +// add HTTP headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := make(http.Header) + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for k, v := range c.header_ { + reqHeaders[k] = v + } + reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent()) + var body io.Reader = nil + body = c.body_ + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PUT", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + "type": c.type_, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalUpdate" call. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirConditionalUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*http.Response, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + return c.doRequest("") + // { + // "description": "If a resource is found with the identifier specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern identifier=system|value or identifier=value - similar to the search method on resources with a specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).", + // "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", + // "httpMethod": "PUT", + // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalUpdate", + // "parameterOrder": [ + // "parent", + // "type" + // ], + // "parameters": { + // "parent": { + // "description": "The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // }, + // "type": { + // "description": "The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", + // "location": "path", + // "pattern": "^[^/]+$", + // "required": true, + // "type": "string" + // } + // }, + // "path": "v1/{+parent}/fhir/{+type}", + // "request": { + // "$ref": "HttpBody" + // }, + // "response": { + // "$ref": "HttpBody" + // }, + // "scopes": [ + // "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + // ] + // } + +} + // method id "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.create": type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirCreateCall struct { @@ -21998,8 +22456,24 @@ type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchCall struct { // searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in // those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so // there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created -// or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For -// samples and detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources +// or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. +// The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed +// synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using +// resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the +// special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be +// in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, +// and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * +// `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If +// your query contains any other search parameters, the standard +// asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against +// the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of +// matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search +// criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. +// For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you +// can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an +// additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` +// if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and +// detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and // Advanced FHIR search features // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search). @@ -22070,7 +22544,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) return c.doRequest("") // { - // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", // "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", // "httpMethod": "POST", // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -22161,8 +22635,24 @@ type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchTypeCall struct { // searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in // those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so // there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created -// or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For -// samples and detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources +// or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. +// The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed +// synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using +// resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the +// special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be +// in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, +// and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * +// `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If +// your query contains any other search parameters, the standard +// asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against +// the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of +// matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search +// criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. +// For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you +// can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an +// additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` +// if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and +// detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and // Advanced FHIR search features // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search). @@ -22242,7 +22732,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchTypeCall) Do(opts ...googl gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) return c.doRequest("") // { - // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", // "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", // "httpMethod": "POST", // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", diff --git a/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-api.json b/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-api.json index 1566a884449..1117d66c5c9 100644 --- a/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-api.json +++ b/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-api.json @@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -4118,7 +4118,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -4941,7 +4941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230720", + "revision": "20230728", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-gen.go b/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-gen.go index dd469db659e..dd56c307c5e 100644 --- a/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-gen.go +++ b/healthcare/v1beta1/healthcare-gen.go @@ -27600,8 +27600,24 @@ type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchCall struct { // searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in // those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so // there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created -// or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For -// samples and detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources +// or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. +// The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed +// synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using +// resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the +// special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be +// in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, +// and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * +// `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If +// your query contains any other search parameters, the standard +// asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against +// the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of +// matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search +// criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. +// For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you +// can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an +// additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` +// if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and +// detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and // Advanced FHIR search features // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search). @@ -27672,7 +27688,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) return c.doRequest("") // { - // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", // "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", // "httpMethod": "POST", // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -27764,8 +27780,24 @@ type ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchTypeCall struct { // searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in // those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so // there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created -// or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For -// samples and detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources +// or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. +// The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed +// synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using +// resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the +// special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be +// in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, +// and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * +// `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If +// your query contains any other search parameters, the standard +// asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against +// the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of +// matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search +// criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. +// For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you +// can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an +// additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` +// if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and +// detailed information, see Searching for FHIR resources // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and // Advanced FHIR search features // (https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search). @@ -27846,7 +27878,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsDatasetsFhirStoresFhirSearchTypeCall) Do(opts ...googl gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) return c.doRequest("") // { - // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + // "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", // "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", // "httpMethod": "POST", // "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", diff --git a/iam/v1/iam-api.json b/iam/v1/iam-api.json index d0e8c2a3356..60425ee250e 100644 --- a/iam/v1/iam-api.json +++ b/iam/v1/iam-api.json @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230713", + "revision": "20230803", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminAuditData": { @@ -3624,7 +3624,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time \u003c timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/iam/v1/iam-gen.go b/iam/v1/iam-gen.go index 9cd4c4b3fa3..4ed6028dbb2 100644 --- a/iam/v1/iam-gen.go +++ b/iam/v1/iam-gen.go @@ -1984,8 +1984,8 @@ type Operation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ func (s *PermissionDelta) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM // policies, see the IAM documentation // (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). -// **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": +// **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": // "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ // "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", // "domain:google.com", @@ -2177,17 +2177,17 @@ func (s *PermissionDelta) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", // "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": // "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], -// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - -// members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - -// domain:google.com - +// "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` +// bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - +// group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - // serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: // roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - // user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer // condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access // after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < // timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 -// For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). +// ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM +// documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). type Policy struct { // AuditConfigs: Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this // policy. diff --git a/iam/v2/iam-api.json b/iam/v2/iam-api.json index 8f85af2f099..0c120020993 100644 --- a/iam/v2/iam-api.json +++ b/iam/v2/iam-api.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230710", + "revision": "20230803", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": { @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/iam/v2/iam-gen.go b/iam/v2/iam-gen.go index 01786334f72..c4dd28f828d 100644 --- a/iam/v2/iam-gen.go +++ b/iam/v2/iam-gen.go @@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type diff --git a/iam/v2beta/iam-api.json b/iam/v2beta/iam-api.json index 95590f86d51..7d8144c7e57 100644 --- a/iam/v2beta/iam-api.json +++ b/iam/v2beta/iam-api.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230710", + "revision": "20230803", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": { @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/iam/v2beta/iam-gen.go b/iam/v2beta/iam-gen.go index f5d323233ff..48018ad585d 100644 --- a/iam/v2beta/iam-gen.go +++ b/iam/v2beta/iam-gen.go @@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ type GoogleLongrunningOperation struct { // `operations/{unique_id}`. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the // response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is // standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the // resource. For other methods, the response should have the type diff --git a/logging/v2/logging-api.json b/logging/v2/logging-api.json index 06e63eeb10b..e23b9dfd97e 100644 --- a/logging/v2/logging-api.json +++ b/logging/v2/logging-api.json @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3013,7 +3013,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3491,7 +3491,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4572,7 +4572,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4598,7 +4598,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4637,7 +4637,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5214,7 +5214,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -5259,7 +5259,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -5893,7 +5893,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5919,7 +5919,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5958,7 +5958,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -6693,7 +6693,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -6738,7 +6738,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -6921,7 +6921,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -7077,7 +7077,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230804", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BigQueryDataset": { @@ -7335,7 +7335,7 @@ "id": "DeleteLinkRequest", "properties": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8703,7 +8703,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/logging/v2/logging-gen.go b/logging/v2/logging-gen.go index 3594a48e3a5..f2863fb17e8 100644 --- a/logging/v2/logging-gen.go +++ b/logging/v2/logging-gen.go @@ -1271,15 +1271,15 @@ func (s *CreateLinkRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // DeleteLinkRequest: The parameters to DeleteLink. type DeleteLinkRequest struct { - // Name: Required. The full resource name of the link to - // delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li - // nks/LINK_ID" - // "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID - // /links/LINK_ID" - // "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCK - // ET_ID/links/LINK_ID" - // "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ - // ID" + // Name: Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. + // "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin + // ks/[LINK_ID]" + // "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCK + // ET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" + // "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/ + // [BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" + // "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links + // /[LINK_ID]" Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to @@ -3698,8 +3698,8 @@ type Operation struct { // operations/{unique_id}. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the // response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard // Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other // methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is @@ -7391,15 +7391,15 @@ type BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall struct { // Delete: Deletes a link. This will also delete the corresponding // BigQuery linked dataset. // -// - name: The full resource name of the link to -// delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/ -// links/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The full resource name of the link to delete. +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Delete(name string) *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall { c := &BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -7501,7 +7501,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Ca // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -7533,15 +7533,15 @@ type BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall struct { // Get: Gets a link. // -// - name: The resource name of the -// link:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li -// nks/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The resource name of the link: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Get(name string) *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall { c := &BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -7656,7 +7656,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallO // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -7690,14 +7690,13 @@ type BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall struct { // List: Lists links. // -// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be -// listed:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID" -// -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID". +// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be listed: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]". func (r *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksService) List(parent string) *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall { c := &BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -7839,7 +7838,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -10547,7 +10546,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsSinksPatchCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentit // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *BillingAccountsSinksPatchCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *BillingAccountsSinksPatchCall { @@ -10682,7 +10681,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsSinksPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSi // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -10757,7 +10756,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsSinksUpdateCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdenti // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *BillingAccountsSinksUpdateCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *BillingAccountsSinksUpdateCall { @@ -10892,7 +10891,7 @@ func (c *BillingAccountsSinksUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogS // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -15446,15 +15445,15 @@ type FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall struct { // Delete: Deletes a link. This will also delete the corresponding // BigQuery linked dataset. // -// - name: The full resource name of the link to -// delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/ -// links/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The full resource name of the link to delete. +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksService) Delete(name string) *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall { c := &FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -15556,7 +15555,7 @@ func (c *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -15588,15 +15587,15 @@ type FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall struct { // Get: Gets a link. // -// - name: The resource name of the -// link:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li -// nks/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The resource name of the link: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksService) Get(name string) *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall { c := &FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -15711,7 +15710,7 @@ func (c *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) ( // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -15745,14 +15744,13 @@ type FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksListCall struct { // List: Lists links. // -// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be -// listed:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID" -// -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID". +// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be listed: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]". func (r *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksService) List(parent string) *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksListCall { c := &FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -15894,7 +15892,7 @@ func (c *FoldersLocationsBucketsLinksListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -18602,7 +18600,7 @@ func (c *FoldersSinksPatchCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity string // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *FoldersSinksPatchCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *FoldersSinksPatchCall { @@ -18737,7 +18735,7 @@ func (c *FoldersSinksPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink, erro // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -18812,7 +18810,7 @@ func (c *FoldersSinksUpdateCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity strin // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *FoldersSinksUpdateCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *FoldersSinksUpdateCall { @@ -18947,7 +18945,7 @@ func (c *FoldersSinksUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink, err // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -20835,15 +20833,15 @@ type LocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall struct { // Delete: Deletes a link. This will also delete the corresponding // BigQuery linked dataset. // -// - name: The full resource name of the link to -// delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/ -// links/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The full resource name of the link to delete. +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *LocationsBucketsLinksService) Delete(name string) *LocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall { c := &LocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -20945,7 +20943,7 @@ func (c *LocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Ope // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -20977,15 +20975,15 @@ type LocationsBucketsLinksGetCall struct { // Get: Gets a link. // -// - name: The resource name of the -// link:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li -// nks/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The resource name of the link: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *LocationsBucketsLinksService) Get(name string) *LocationsBucketsLinksGetCall { c := &LocationsBucketsLinksGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -21100,7 +21098,7 @@ func (c *LocationsBucketsLinksGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Link, // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -21134,14 +21132,13 @@ type LocationsBucketsLinksListCall struct { // List: Lists links. // -// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be -// listed:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID" -// -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID". +// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be listed: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]". func (r *LocationsBucketsLinksService) List(parent string) *LocationsBucketsLinksListCall { c := &LocationsBucketsLinksListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -21283,7 +21280,7 @@ func (c *LocationsBucketsLinksListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListL // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -26573,15 +26570,15 @@ type OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall struct { // Delete: Deletes a link. This will also delete the corresponding // BigQuery linked dataset. // -// - name: The full resource name of the link to -// delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/ -// links/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The full resource name of the link to delete. +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Delete(name string) *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall { c := &OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -26683,7 +26680,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -26715,15 +26712,15 @@ type OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall struct { // Get: Gets a link. // -// - name: The resource name of the -// link:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li -// nks/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The resource name of the link: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Get(name string) *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall { c := &OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -26838,7 +26835,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOpt // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -26872,14 +26869,13 @@ type OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall struct { // List: Lists links. // -// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be -// listed:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID" -// -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID". +// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be listed: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]". func (r *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksService) List(parent string) *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall { c := &OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -27021,7 +27017,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOp // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -29729,7 +29725,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsSinksPatchCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *OrganizationsSinksPatchCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *OrganizationsSinksPatchCall { @@ -29864,7 +29860,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsSinksPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -29939,7 +29935,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsSinksUpdateCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *OrganizationsSinksUpdateCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *OrganizationsSinksUpdateCall { @@ -30074,7 +30070,7 @@ func (c *OrganizationsSinksUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSin // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -33103,15 +33099,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall struct { // Delete: Deletes a link. This will also delete the corresponding // BigQuery linked dataset. // -// - name: The full resource name of the link to -// delete."projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/ -// links/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The full resource name of the link to delete. +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -33213,7 +33209,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOptio // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete.\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The full resource name of the link to delete. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -33245,15 +33241,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall struct { // Get: Gets a link. // -// - name: The resource name of the -// link:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/li -// nks/LINK_ID" -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID/links/LINK_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LIN -// K_ID". +// - name: The resource name of the link: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/l +// inks/[LINK_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/lin +// ks/[LINK_ID]". func (r *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name @@ -33368,7 +33364,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) // ], // "parameters": { // "name": { - // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/links/LINK_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The resource name of the link: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/links/[LINK_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+/links/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -33402,14 +33398,13 @@ type ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall struct { // List: Lists links. // -// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be -// listed:"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID" -// -// "organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ -// ID" -// "billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BU -// CKET_ID" -// "folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID". +// - parent: The parent resource whose links are to be listed: +// "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BU +// CKET_ID]" +// "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/bucket +// s/[BUCKET_ID]" +// "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]". func (r *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall { c := &ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent @@ -33551,7 +33546,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBucketsLinksListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) // "type": "string" // }, // "parent": { - // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed:\"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\" \"folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID\"", + // "description": "Required. The parent resource whose links are to be listed: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]\" ", // "location": "path", // "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/buckets/[^/]+$", // "required": true, @@ -37039,7 +37034,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsSinksPatchCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity strin // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *ProjectsSinksPatchCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *ProjectsSinksPatchCall { @@ -37174,7 +37169,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsSinksPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink, err // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -37249,7 +37244,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsSinksUpdateCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity stri // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *ProjectsSinksUpdateCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *ProjectsSinksUpdateCall { @@ -37384,7 +37379,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsSinksUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink, er // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, @@ -38143,7 +38138,7 @@ func (c *SinksUpdateCall) CustomWriterIdentity(customWriterIdentity string) *Sin // both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's // writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, // then writer_identity is changed to a service agent -// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) +// (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) // owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and // the new value is set to false or defaulted to false. func (c *SinksUpdateCall) UniqueWriterIdentity(uniqueWriterIdentity bool) *SinksUpdateCall { @@ -38278,7 +38273,7 @@ func (c *SinksUpdateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*LogSink, error) { // "type": "string" // }, // "uniqueWriterIdentity": { - // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents)) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", + // "description": "Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a service agent (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-account-types#service-agents) owned by Cloud Logging. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.", // "location": "query", // "type": "boolean" // }, diff --git a/monitoring/v1/monitoring-api.json b/monitoring/v1/monitoring-api.json index bdc87717c54..503270e7b98 100644 --- a/monitoring/v1/monitoring-api.json +++ b/monitoring/v1/monitoring-api.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230731", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -1746,6 +1746,10 @@ "description": "A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds.", "id": "Scorecard", "properties": { + "blankView": { + "$ref": "Empty", + "description": "Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds." + }, "gaugeView": { "$ref": "GaugeView", "description": "Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart." @@ -2171,6 +2175,10 @@ "description": "TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.", "id": "TimeSeriesQuery", "properties": { + "outputFullDuration": { + "description": "Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart", + "type": "boolean" + }, "prometheusQuery": { "description": "A query used to fetch time series with PromQL.", "type": "string" diff --git a/monitoring/v1/monitoring-gen.go b/monitoring/v1/monitoring-gen.go index dc5cb43c4b8..5269962560b 100644 --- a/monitoring/v1/monitoring-gen.go +++ b/monitoring/v1/monitoring-gen.go @@ -1634,8 +1634,8 @@ type Operation struct { // operations/{unique_id}. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Response: The normal response of the operation in case of success. If - // the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the + // Response: The normal, successful response of the operation. If the + // original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the // response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard // Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other // methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is @@ -2118,6 +2118,10 @@ func (s *RowLayout) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // Scorecard: A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how // this value relates to one or more thresholds. type Scorecard struct { + // BlankView: Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no + // indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. + BlankView *Empty `json:"blankView,omitempty"` + // GaugeView: Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. GaugeView *GaugeView `json:"gaugeView,omitempty"` @@ -2147,7 +2151,7 @@ type Scorecard struct { // the Stackdriver metrics API. TimeSeriesQuery *TimeSeriesQuery `json:"timeSeriesQuery,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "GaugeView") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BlankView") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with // empty or default values are omitted from API requests. However, any // non-pointer, non-interface field appearing in ForceSendFields will be @@ -2155,7 +2159,7 @@ type Scorecard struct { // This may be used to include empty fields in Patch requests. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "GaugeView") to include in + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BlankView") to include in // API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty // values are omitted from API requests. However, any field with an // empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the server as @@ -2792,6 +2796,13 @@ func (s *TimeSeriesFilterRatio) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics // API. type TimeSeriesQuery struct { + // OutputFullDuration: Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the + // full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be + // only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured + // alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points + // are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + OutputFullDuration bool `json:"outputFullDuration,omitempty"` + // PrometheusQuery: A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. PrometheusQuery string `json:"prometheusQuery,omitempty"` @@ -2812,15 +2823,15 @@ type TimeSeriesQuery struct { // field in MetricDescriptor. UnitOverride string `json:"unitOverride,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "PrometheusQuery") to - // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "OutputFullDuration") + // to unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with // empty or default values are omitted from API requests. However, any // non-pointer, non-interface field appearing in ForceSendFields will be // sent to the server regardless of whether the field is empty or not. // This may be used to include empty fields in Patch requests. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "PrometheusQuery") to + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "OutputFullDuration") to // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields // with empty values are omitted from API requests. However, any field // with an empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the diff --git a/monitoring/v3/monitoring-api.json b/monitoring/v3/monitoring-api.json index 352c170ed1d..77b03f39203 100644 --- a/monitoring/v3/monitoring-api.json +++ b/monitoring/v3/monitoring-api.json @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230716", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "User-supplied key/value data to be used for organizing and identifying the AlertPolicy objects.The field can contain up to 64 entries. Each key and value is limited to 63 Unicode characters or 128 bytes, whichever is smaller. Labels and values can contain only lowercase letters, numerals, underscores, and dashes. Keys must begin with a letter.Note that Prometheus {rule group name} and {alert name} are valid Prometheus label names (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This means that they cannot be stored as-is in user labels, because Prometheus labels may contain upper-case letters.", + "description": "User-supplied key/value data to be used for organizing and identifying the AlertPolicy objects.The field can contain up to 64 entries. Each key and value is limited to 63 Unicode characters or 128 bytes, whichever is smaller. Labels and values can contain only lowercase letters, numerals, underscores, and dashes. Keys must begin with a letter.Note that Prometheus {alert name} is a valid Prometheus label names (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels), whereas Prometheus {rule group} is an unrestricted UTF-8 string. This means that they cannot be stored as-is in user labels, because they may contain characters that are not allowed in user-label values.", "type": "object" }, "validity": { @@ -5121,16 +5121,16 @@ "id": "PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition", "properties": { "alertRule": { - "description": "Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels).", + "description": "Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.", "type": "string" }, "duration": { - "description": "Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be \"true\" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be \"true\" for long enough are considered pending. The default value is zero. Must be zero or positive.", + "description": "Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be \"true\" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be \"true\" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, "evaluationInterval": { - "description": "Required. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. The default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.", + "description": "Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, @@ -5146,7 +5146,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ruleGroup": { - "description": "Optional. The rule group name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels).", + "description": "Optional. The rule group name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must contain a valid UTF-8 string. This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/monitoring/v3/monitoring-gen.go b/monitoring/v3/monitoring-gen.go index ae02f2fbe5e..5a25076d780 100644 --- a/monitoring/v3/monitoring-gen.go +++ b/monitoring/v3/monitoring-gen.go @@ -753,11 +753,12 @@ type AlertPolicy struct { // 64 entries. Each key and value is limited to 63 Unicode characters or // 128 bytes, whichever is smaller. Labels and values can contain only // lowercase letters, numerals, underscores, and dashes. Keys must begin - // with a letter.Note that Prometheus {rule group name} and {alert name} - // are valid Prometheus label names - // (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). - // This means that they cannot be stored as-is in user labels, because - // Prometheus labels may contain upper-case letters. + // with a letter.Note that Prometheus {alert name} is a valid Prometheus + // label names + // (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels), + // whereas Prometheus {rule group} is an unrestricted UTF-8 string. This + // means that they cannot be stored as-is in user labels, because they + // may contain characters that are not allowed in user-label values. UserLabels map[string]string `json:"userLabels,omitempty"` // Validity: Read-only description of how the alert policy is invalid. @@ -5109,20 +5110,22 @@ type PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition struct { // optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid // Prometheus label name // (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). + // This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length. AlertRule string `json:"alertRule,omitempty"` // Duration: Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL // expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose // PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are - // considered pending. The default value is zero. Must be zero or - // positive. + // considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This + // field is optional. Its default value is zero. Duration string `json:"duration,omitempty"` - // EvaluationInterval: Required. How often this rule should be - // evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. The - // default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition - // was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should - // be taken from the enclosing rule group. + // EvaluationInterval: Optional. How often this rule should be + // evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This + // field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this + // PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus + // alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing + // rule group. EvaluationInterval string `json:"evaluationInterval,omitempty"` // Labels: Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query @@ -5146,9 +5149,9 @@ type PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition struct { // original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the // alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case // the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is - // optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid - // Prometheus label name - // (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). + // optional. If this field is not empty, then it must contain a valid + // UTF-8 string. This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in + // length. RuleGroup string `json:"ruleGroup,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AlertRule") to diff --git a/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-api.json b/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-api.json index d14f1c4c66c..9eaf7cc5f1c 100644 --- a/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-api.json +++ b/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-api.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230805", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ReportResponse": { - "description": "Response message for the Report method. If the request contains any invalid data, the server returns an RPC error.", + "description": "Response message for the Report method.", "id": "ReportResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" @@ -753,11 +753,11 @@ "id": "ResourceInfo", "properties": { "container": { - "description": "Optional. The identifier of the container of this resource. For Google Cloud APIs, the resource container must be one of the following formats: - `projects/` - `folders/` - `organizations/` For the policy enforcement on the container level (VPCSC and Location Policy check), this field takes precedence on the container extracted from name when presents.", + "description": "Optional. The identifier of the container of this resource. For Google Cloud APIs, the resource container must be one of the following formats: - `projects/` - `folders/` - `organizations/` Required for the policy enforcement on the container level (e.g. VPCSC, Location Policy check, Org Policy check).", "type": "string" }, "location": { - "description": "Optional. The location of the resource. The value must be a valid zone, region or multiregion. For example: \"europe-west4\" or \"northamerica-northeast1-a\"", + "description": "Optional. The location of the resource, it must be a valid zone, region or multiregion, for example: \"europe-west4\", \"northamerica-northeast1-a\". Required for location policy check.", "type": "string" }, "name": { diff --git a/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-gen.go b/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-gen.go index 0e31f82b911..1f799c92340 100644 --- a/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-gen.go +++ b/servicecontrol/v2/servicecontrol-gen.go @@ -842,8 +842,7 @@ func (s *ReportRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// ReportResponse: Response message for the Report method. If the -// request contains any invalid data, the server returns an RPC error. +// ReportResponse: Response message for the Report method. type ReportResponse struct { // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the // server. @@ -1105,14 +1104,13 @@ type ResourceInfo struct { // Container: Optional. The identifier of the container of this // resource. For Google Cloud APIs, the resource container must be one // of the following formats: - `projects/` - `folders/` - - // `organizations/` For the policy enforcement on the container level - // (VPCSC and Location Policy check), this field takes precedence on the - // container extracted from name when presents. + // `organizations/` Required for the policy enforcement on the container + // level (e.g. VPCSC, Location Policy check, Org Policy check). Container string `json:"container,omitempty"` - // Location: Optional. The location of the resource. The value must be a - // valid zone, region or multiregion. For example: "europe-west4" or - // "northamerica-northeast1-a" + // Location: Optional. The location of the resource, it must be a valid + // zone, region or multiregion, for example: "europe-west4", + // "northamerica-northeast1-a". Required for location policy check. Location string `json:"location,omitempty"` // Name: The name of the resource referenced in the request. diff --git a/sheets/v4/sheets-api.json b/sheets/v4/sheets-api.json index b5f63bdf961..877e4d9bfe5 100644 --- a/sheets/v4/sheets-api.json +++ b/sheets/v4/sheets-api.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230711", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { @@ -6925,7 +6925,7 @@ "description": "The format of this run. Absent values inherit the cell's format." }, "startIndex": { - "description": "The character index where this run starts.", + "description": "The zero-based character index where this run starts, in UTF-16 code units.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/sheets/v4/sheets-gen.go b/sheets/v4/sheets-gen.go index fc5e6990cb0..271ae0da3cd 100644 --- a/sheets/v4/sheets-gen.go +++ b/sheets/v4/sheets-gen.go @@ -9927,7 +9927,8 @@ type TextFormatRun struct { // format. Format *TextFormat `json:"format,omitempty"` - // StartIndex: The character index where this run starts. + // StartIndex: The zero-based character index where this run starts, in + // UTF-16 code units. StartIndex int64 `json:"startIndex,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Format") to